Cities Index.
Agenda packet

Oroville City Council
April 18, 2023

Document
Agenda packet
Meeting
April 18, 2023
Body
Oroville City Council
Pages
215
Original file
50.1 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on mccmeetings.blob.core.usgovcloudapi.net. That file is the official record.

CITY OF OROVILLE

STAFF REPORT
TO: MAYOR PITTMAN AND COUNCIL MEMBERS
FROM: DAWN NEVERS, ASSISTANT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOR RE: AUTHORIZATION TO PURCHASE (1) SALSCO TP-44 MINI-ASPHALT PAVER
DATE: APRIL 18, 2023

SUMMARY
At the request of Council Member Johnstone and Council Member Webber, the Council may consider and approve the purchase of (1) Salsco TP-44 Mini-Asphalt Paver to aid the efficiency of repairs and repaving in the amount of $69,465.25 and the surplus of a 1988 Mauldin paver.

DISCUSSION
Staff requests approval of the above expenditure and budget adjustment for a “Mini-Asphalt Paver” to aid in efficient repairs and repaving of city streets.

Staff is requesting councils’ approval to surplus the 1988 Mauldin paver that is owned and currently not used due to the cost of repairs for the machine that far exceed the value. In addition, many parts needed for this paver are not available.

With an increased need for street repairs and with enough staff to operate the paver, staff is requesting Council’s consideration of this purchase. This item was not budgeted for the 2022/23 fiscal year, however, with summer months coming and the growing costs of machinery, labor, and freight, staff believe it is important to not delay the purchase so it can be received and utilized towards the end of this summer. The current build time is ninety plus days.

With street repairs being a council priority, staff agree the community can begin to see benefits as soon as Fall 2023. The Salsco TP-44 Mini-Asphalt Paver is designed for service and maintenance jobs with a 6” to 7’ paving width for increased productivity and efficiency.

Staff anticipates twenty to thirty days of use in a paving season.

FISCAL IMPACT
Funding is available with a budget adjustment to the 2022/23 Capital Asset Replacement budget in the amount of $63,150.23 with a 10% contingency, for a total of $69,465.25.

RECOMMENDATION
225
Item 9.

Page 2 ends

Authorize staff to purchase (1) Salsco TP-44 Mini Asphalt Paver and surplus the 1988 Mauldin Paving Machine and send to the next surplus auction.

ATTACHMENTS
Quote from Salsco
Track Paver Specification sheet
226
Item 9.

Bill To: City Of Oroville Public Works Dept Date: 3/29/2023 Contact: Bryan Downer
Address: 1735 Montgomery Street
City: Oroville ST: CA ZIP: 95965
Phone #: 530-990-0246 Fax #:

Email: [email protected] Cell #:

Ship To:

QTY. ITEM # ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE List PRICE
1 0005029-N $51,967.00
2 0261413-O $373.00 $746.00
2 0161367-O $432.00 $864.00
1 0222233-N Cut off Doors $182.00
1 0161430-O Heated Screed $1,662.00
Subtotal $55,421.00
Sales Tax $4,572.23
$3,157.00
$63,150.23
NOTE: IF FREIGHT IS QUOTED, IT WILL BE RE-QUOTED AT ACTUAL TIME OF SHIPPING DEP 20% Due with Order $11,084.20 Cash
BAL 80%
Due when ready to ship, including freight &
applicable tax. $52,066.03

EQUIPMENT

QUOTATION
Quote #:23-0010BC
Quote Good Through:
05/01/23
Loading Doors 84"
Same
Salsco Mini-Asphalt Paver TP44
6" Screed Extensions (Gets you out to 7')
US Dollars
I have read and accepted the above quotation and hereby authorize Salsco, Inc. to release the order as written above.

Signature P.O. # Date:

TOTAL ORDER AMOUNT

INCREMENTAL PAYMENT AMOUNTS
Freight, Set Up, and Delivery
105 School House Rd.

Cheshire, CT 06410
Phone #: 832-745-2360
Fax #: 203-271-2596
Toll Free #: 800-872-5726
Web Site: www.salsco.com
Prepared By: Brandon cole
Email: [email protected]
"O" Quotes.Blank Forms City Of Oroville TP44 032923 (003).xls 227 Item 9.

Extra Large Cut Off Door
with two (2) Cylinders
& Flow Regulators that
open the door evenly &
smoothly.

Hydraulic Tilt Hopper. Hopper easily bolts
together. Raise the complete hopper for
ease of maintenance.

Pictured above the TP44-TD is shown with the 6” Screed Extensions Option, and Loading Panels Option. * Extra Large Drive Motors for Years of
Service!
* Designed with Service & Maintenance in
Mind!
* Clean, Simple, Basic Design!
* 0 - 6’ Standard Paving Width + Optional
Screed Extensions up to 7’ Wide!
Tracks are fixed at 38” to accommodate screed style.

All controls are on the rear of the machine, including
the Key Switch & Throttle. Two (2) 9” Cast Augers are independently operated both Forward & Reverse.

Hydraulic End-Gates move in & out, and have rulers on
the top of the end gate to see where they are.

Quality of Workmanship, Innovative Design, Built to Last! Mini-Track Paver
Model TP44-TD MADE IN
THE U.S.A.

The Go-Anywhere Mini-Asphalt Paver!
“My Salsco Track Paver is a great little machine. Its durable manufacturing quality & accessibility to parts, make it an efficient machine to use on all my sidewalk & trench jobs.

Also, considering the small crew it takes to run, and its overall ease of operation, I know I’m getting maximum productivity whenever it’s on the job.” Charlie, Canton, MA 228
Item 9.

Specifications & Options Subject to Change Without Notice MINI-TRACK PAVER, MODEL TP44 - TD SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES ENGINE: 14HP Hatz diesel, Model 1D81Z-9221, electric start mounted on 1/2” thick steel plate motor mount.

PUMP: Dual hydrostatic, variable speed. Each section has a displacement of .97 cu. in.

DRIVE MOTORS: Two (2) drive motors for tracks - 28.7 Cu.In. Displacement. Two (2) drive motors for augers - 24 cu. in. displacement.

HOSES: SAE JIC hose ends & fittings. 3,000 P.S.I., working, 12,000 P.S.I., burst.

BATTERY: 12 volt, automotive type, 850 CCA.

FUEL TANK: Steel, 8.9 gallon capacity.

HYDRAULIC TANK: Steel, 8 gallon capacity
HOPPER: Dual hopper, 1/4” thick, steel plate. Inside hopper tilts to 52° angle for ease of dumping material. 1.85 sq. yd. capacity
SCREED: 40” wide, with crown/invert adjustment, power end gates and end gate adjustment plates for uniform texture.

AUGER ASSEMBLIES: Two (2) 9” cast augers, with independent hydraulic drive, forward and reverse.

DRIVE: Hydrostatic; variable forward and reverse.

TRACK ASSEMBLIES: Heavy duty Bridgestone tracks. Tracks are fixed at 38” to accommodate screed style.

CONTROLS: All controls are located at the rear of the machine over the screed, for ease of operation.

MAIN FRAME: One (1) piece, 1/4” thick steel main frame. 2” x 2” square tubing supports.

WELDS: Continuous welds where needed for durability.

GUSSETS: 1/4” gussets where needed for strength.

BEARINGS: Cast iron, heavy duty, greaseable.

CHAINS & SPROCKETS: #80 chain and sprockets.

PAVING SPEED: 0 - 50’ +, per minute.

PAVING WIDTH: 24” to 72”.

PAVING THICKNESS: 1/4” - 5”.

OPTIONS: 6” Screed Extensions; Hopper Panel Extensions; Cut-Off Plates.

GUARDS/DECALS: All moving parts guarded. Full set of safety decals.

PAINT: Powder coat baked enamel polyester finish; resists ultraviolet light. Safety yellow.

DIMENSIONS: Length: 9’ 4” (with step up), Width: 3’8”, Height: 3’ 11” (from the ground to the top of hopper). Weight: 4,400 lbs. (Approximately)
WARRANTY: 1-year standard warranty
REV. 10-12-2020

MANUFACTURER OF OUTDOOR POWER EQUIPMENT
Products for Turf & Lawncare, Rental, Construction, Tree Care, Wood Processing, Nursery & Farm Industries 3-1/2” - 18” Capacity, Gas, Diesel, & PTO Wood/Brush Chippers - Slab Chippers Gas, Electric & Tow Behind Rollers - Tranz-Former Roller - CRV Core Recovery Vehicle Mini-Paver - Mini-Track Paver - Cobra Curbers - Scorpion Router - Concrete Paver Chipper Shredder Vacuums - Tailgate & Truckloader Vacuums 9 cu. yds. - 50 cu. yds. Per Hour, Electric, PTO & Diesel Powered Shaving Mills 105 Schoolhouse Road
Cheshire, CT 06410 U.S.A.
800-872-5726 (Toll Free), 203-271-1682, 203-271-2596 (Fax) www.salsco.com, [email protected] 229
Item 9.

Page 1 ends

CITY OF OROVILLE

STAFF REPORT
TO: MAYOR PITTMAN AND COUNCIL MEMBERS
FROM: CHRIS TENNS, CALFIRE ASSISTANT CHIEF OROVILLE CITY DIVISION RE: REVIEW OF LEASE AND PURCHASE OPTIONS FOR A TYPE 1 FIRE ENGINE
DATE: APRIL 18, 2023

SUMMARY
At the request of Council Member Riggs and Council Member Thomson, the Council will review lease and purchase options for one new Pierce Type 1 Fire Engine for Oroville Fire Department.

DISCUSSION
During the April 4, 2023 Council Meeting, Council requested staff to add to the next Council agenda a possible lease option with Community Leasing Partners for a future purchase of one new Pierce Fire Engine in the amount of $962,841.41. There would be an additional cost of approximately $300,000 to purchase equipment to properly outfit the new engine with the appropriate tools and equipment for staff. This price quote is valid through April 28, 2023.

Effective May 1, 2023, the costs for these engines will be going up by approximately 1.5% (additional quote provided at $975,234.40, and this quote is valid through June 15, 2023).

The lease to purchase program offers three different term options: 7-years at 4.85% interest rate; 10-years at 4.89% interest rate; and 15-years at 5.09% interest rate. There are no documentation or closing fees associated with this proposal. The quoted interest rate for the lease options are valid through April 21, 2023. This proposal has been prepared assuming the lessee is bank qualified and that the proposed lease qualifies for Federal Income Tax Exempt status for the lessor under Section 103 of the IRS code.

The city owns and maintains a fleet of three Type 1 fire engines for emergency response (two primary engines and one reserve). Oroville City Engines are housed and respond from one city fire station (Fire Station 91). The one reserve engine was custom designed for the City of Oroville Fire Department and built in 2002. Maintenance costs over the last two years for the two primary Type 1 engines as been approximately $84,000. The fire department needs to maintain a minimum of three Type 1 fire engines in its fleet, two of which are staffed daily and one in reserve. Older engines are kept in reserve status to be made available when one of the primary fire engines are out of service or for routine or required maintenance. Reserve engines can also be used in the event one of the primary engines is committed to a large fire within or out of the County or if there was a need for additional engines to be staffed locally due to a heightened threat of fire. The requested fire engine will replace a 2002 fire engine that is 21 230
Item 10.

Page 2 ends

years old and housed at Station 91. While the 2002 engine has served the city well, it is showing signs of wear. The problem is exacerbated given that replacement parts are becoming increasingly difficult to locate. It is noted that typically, frontline service for an engine is 15 years.

After 15 years, engines are often placed in reserve status for an additional 5 years, for approximately 20-year service life. Engine 93 currently serves as a reserve engine and has been in reserve status since 2009. The new fire engine would serve as the frontline engine and one of the existing frontline fire engines would be moved into reserve status. Wait time for completion of a new engine are in excess of two years.

Alternatively to this lease to purchase option, staff Could issue a request for proposals based on the build sheet of the Type 1, to determine the if there are other viable options available to consider.

FISCAL IMPACT
There are three lease options to consider as well as a one-time purchase. If the city were to proceed with a purchase, there would either be annual lease costs associated with the engine, or there would be a one time expenditure of $962,841.41.

RECOMMENDATION
Provide staff direction.

ATTACHMENTS
Engine Specification Sheet
Purchase quotes (through April 28, 2023 and through June 15, 2023) Community Leasing Partners quotes (through April 21, 2023) Spreadsheet of repairs expenses for Engines 91, 92, 93 and Truck 91 231
Item 10.
2020 2021 2022 2023 2020 2021 2022 2023
JANUARY $206.88 $1,590.88 $6,479.24 $813.01 JANUARY
FEBRUARY $2,160.26 $1,782.51 $1,037.98 FEBRUARY $43.09 $2,434.80 MARCH $45.53 $232.18 $4,357.13 MARCH $2,127.59 $937.70 $770.15 APRIL $2,836.72 $78.60 $195.16 APRIL $55,869.65
MAY $166.49 $51.54 $686.54 MAY $473.27 $355.33 $673.99
JUNE $938.48 $460.07 JUNE $407.58 $3,821.29
JULY $229.95 $780.55 $3,751.57 JULY $259.62
AUGUST $2,511.93 $3,168.75 AUGUST $6,813.79 $2,307.87 $2,811.94 SEPTEMBER $1,314.08 $1,892.95 $1,095.09 SEPTEMBER $857.96 $186.18 $3,017.65 OCTOBER $63.14 $6,188.44 $388.75 OCTOBER $365.37 $4,017.07 NOVEMBER $700.27 $5,850.18 $375.68 NOVEMBER $194.76 $59.36 $586.03 DECEMBER $1,479.78 $768.21 $20,138.56 DECEMBER $65.58 $119.21 $240.48 TOTAL $12,653.51 $17,893.60 $42,418.98 $1,850.99 TOTAL $65,307.58 $13,036.99 $10,702.59 $770.15

COMBINED TOTAL COMBINED TOTAL
2020 2021 2022 2023 2020 2021 2022 2023
JANUARY $176.28 $2,012.71 JANUARY $287.51 $1,747.75 $1,169.37 $2,853.47 FEBRUARY $951.97 FEBRUARY $707.91 $1,232.97 $2,807.28 $1,194.10 MARCH $1,453.16 $240.02 MARCH $162.31 $4,023.14 $993.02 APRIL $125.61 APRIL $1,145.52 $447.08 $131.97
MAY MAY $29.72 $687.38
JUNE $465.00 JUNE $125.80 $1,154.12
JULY $427.66 JULY $3,329.37 $1,953.82
AUGUST $124.79 AUGUST $527.67 $559.68
SEPTEMBER $523.17 $1,832.53 $2,785.14 SEPTEMBER $102.27 $79.02 $107.37 OCTOBER $1,315.21 $1,695.64 OCTOBER $45.82 $3,028.67
NOVEMBER -$80.57 $152.39 $208.08 NOVEMBER $225.17 $1,685.57 $346.17 DECEMBER DECEMBER $1,468.84 $1,155.48 $876.60
TOTAL $2,625.31 $6,969.83 $4,813.65 $0.00 TOTAL $4,099.53 $14,429.39 $13,815.45 $4,047.57

COMBINED TOTAL COMBINED TOTAL

ALL VEHICLE TOTALS
$89,817.31
$14,408.79 $36,391.94
$215,435.12
E91 E92
E93 T91
$74,817.08
232
Item 10.
233
Item 10.

Phone: 888.777.7850
Fax: 888.777.7875
Cell: 785.313.3154
www.clpusa.net
Customer Name:

Sales Representative:
•
•
•
•
Blake J. Kaus
Vice President & Director of Leasing
[email protected]
A Division of Community First National Bank - Member FDIC THERE ARE NO DOCUMENTATION OR CLOSING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROPOSAL.

Interest rates are fixed for terms up to 10 years. For terms greater than 10 years, upon receipt of the 7th payment, at sole discretion of the Lessor, the remaining payments can be adjusted based on an index determined at contract issuance and then will remain fixed for the remaining term.

This proposal has been prepared assuming the lessee is bank qualified and that the proposed lease qualifies for Federal Income Tax Exempt Status for the Lessor under Section 103 of the IRS Code.

Thank you for allowing Community Leasing Partners the opportunity to provide this proposal. If you have any questions regarding the options presented, need additional options, or would like to proceed with a financing, please contact me at 1-888-777-7850.

Respectively,
The quoted interest rate is valid for 10-days from the date of the proposal. To lock in the interest rate, a credit submission would be required, and a credit approval attained within the same 10-day period. This financing is to be executed & funded within 30 days of the date of the proposal or Lessor reserves the right to adjust the interest rate. The proposal is subject to credit review and approval and mutually acceptable documentation.

April 11, 2023
Interest Rate:

Option 1
Oroville, CA

0.066667

4.85% 4.89%
Isaac Ruiz, BC
$94,899.50

0.00%
$ 962,841.41
Community Leasing Partners, a Division of Community First National Bank , is pleased to present the following financing options for your review and consideration.

Equipment:

Delivery:

One Pierce Engine
Estimated 3 years
First Payment:
$64,189.43
Payment Frequency:

Amount Financed:
$ -
$ 962,841.41

0.174271 0.130625 0.098562

5.12%
7 $167,795.11
Factor:
15 215 S. Seth Child Road
Manhattan, KS 66502
August 1, 2024
Annual
10 $125,771.44
Term in Years:

Payment:
15 Total Cost:

Down Payment:

Brad Hansen @ Golden State Fire Apparatus
234
Item 10.

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

OROVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper

235
Item 10.

Product Proposal (Exhibit A)
Purchasing Terms and Conditions (Exhibit B)
—ŵŒþƊøƄɷ¡űąøĪƹøÚƄĪŒŊŻɷɝ.ƦĦĪöĪƄɷɞ
Product Warranties (Exhibit D)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit E)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
236
Item 10.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
Exhibit “A”
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL
237
Item 10.

OPTION A
100% Pre-Payment
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA pursuant to the Payment
Terms in “Exhibit A”
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the
Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer
pursuant to the Payment Terms in “Exhibit A”

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION, IT

RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
$73,278.09 OFF OF THE GRAND

TOTAL OF OPTION B
238
Item 10.
1 PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

Oroville Fire Department
2055 W Lincoln Street
Oroville, CA 95966
SHIP TO:

SAME

SALES CONSULTANT
Brad Hansen
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 869-6072
SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 03/28/2023 04/28/2023 10328-23A 785 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

HGAC Contract FS12-19,
Product Code FS19VC07
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to OROVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: Product Proposal as Exhibit A; the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit B (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit C (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit D; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit E (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.d of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, as applicable and if approved by GSFA).

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 38 to 41 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal, and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

Item Product Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper 955,113.16 B Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (67,556.66) C SUBTOTAL 887,556.50
D 7.25% State Sales Tax 73,223.41
E California Tire Fee 10.50
F 100% Performance Bond 2,051.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 962,841.41
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Phone (916) 330-1638
www.goldenstatefire.com
239
Item 10.
2 PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal, and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby. [Signature Page Follows]
240
Item 10.
3 INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER
AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
________________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA
AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
________________________________________
Date
241
Item 10.
4 OPTION B
Payment at Time of Delivery or Pickup
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent upon the Customer paying the Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA
at time of delivery or pickup pursuant to the Payment Terms in “Exhibit A”
242
Item 10.
1 PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

Oroville Fire Department
2055 W Lincoln Street
Oroville, CA 95966
SHIP TO:

SAME
SALES CONSULTANT
Brad Hansen
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 869‐6072
SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE  GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 03/28/2023 04/28/2023 10328‐23B 785 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

HGAC Contract FS12‐19,
Product Code FS19VC07
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to OROVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: Product Proposal as Exhibit A; the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit B (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit C (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit D; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit E (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement.  The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) (as such amount may be adjusted by Change Order in accordance with the Terms and Conditions) to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA).  GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver or permit pick up of the Product if Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer.  Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to Manufacturer for the Product.  GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 38 to 41 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal, and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is Item Product Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper 955,113.16 B 7.25% State Sales Tax 78,796.84
C California Tire Fee 10.50
D 100% Performance Bond 2,199.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,036,119.50
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Phone (916) 330‐1638
www.goldenstatefire.com
243
Item 10.
2 estimated that such service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate.  The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal, and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS ‐ This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co‐signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby. [Signature Page Follows]

244
Item 10.
3 INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER
AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
________________________________________
Date
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA
AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
________________________________________
Date
245
Item 10.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PURCHASING TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “B”
2 246
Item 10.
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.
a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order.
e. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order).
f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
k. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
l. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
m. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. n. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). 247
Item 10.
2 c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.
248
Item 10.
3 7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate the feasibility of such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility. GSFA shall not be responsible for any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump) after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all 249
Item 10.
4 associated taxes and fees thereon) occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increase the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA 250
Item 10.
5 has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE 251
Item 10.
6 IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.
252
Item 10.
7 GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein.

No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
253
Item 10.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “C”
3 254
Item 10.

Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus is pleased to submit a proposal to City of Oroville/Cal Fire Contract for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (5) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The 3/28/2023
Customer: City of Oroville Bid Number: 785
Representative Hansen, Brad Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: CalFire/Oroville Type 1 WUI
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Body: Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
Bid #: 785 1
255
Item 10.
transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one hundred fifty (150) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Bid #: 785 2
256
Item 10.

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US

0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 36591, 36592, & 36592.  However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering.  Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2016 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper

Bid #: 785 3
257
Item 10.
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1901 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0092138 Highly Customized Product (HCP) PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
0620362 Consortium, HGAC

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0807710 Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

Bid #: 785 4
258
Item 10.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754 Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021008 Overall Height, Target TARGET OVERALL HEIGHT
The target overall height of the apparatus will be 118". 0523786 Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 16.6 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state. 0523787 Angle of Departure ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be 12.6 degrees to the step stored, and the tow bar at 13.7 degrees.

This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state. 0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 175.50".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 42,000 lbs..
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd

Bid #: 785 5
259
Item 10.
0633906 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 18,000 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 18,000 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0633905 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 18,000 lb,
Enforcer/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 18,000 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have a torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will have at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within fifteen minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension completed durability testing that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 20,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0894433 Wheels, Front, 22.50" x 9.00", Steel,
Hub Pilot, 315/80R Tire
The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 9.00" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0641555 Axle, Rear, Dana S23-190, 24,000 lb,
Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Dana Model S23-190, single axle assembly with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0602744 Top Speed of Vehicle, Non-NFPA
2016 Compliant

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA 4.15.2 requires that the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 26,000 lb will not exceed either 68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA 4.15.3 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed 1250 gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over 50,000 lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph, and tankers or heavy apparatus to 60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution.

A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach an approximate top speed of 73 MPH.

Bid #: 785 6
260
Item 10.
0565379 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
24,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0000482 Driver Controlled Differential Lock,
Single Axle

DRIVER CONTROL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (DCDL)
A rear axle will be equipped with a driver controlled differential lock (DCDL).

The control will be located within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided next to the control switch.
0596433 Switch, Rocker, Differential Lock,

IPOS, MUX

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL
A rocker style switch will be used to engage or disengage the differential lock. 0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 12R22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0654806 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

8.25", Steel, Hub Pilot, Single

The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 8.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,

11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted one (1) forward and one (1) rearward of the left side rear tire. 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single
rear axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system.

Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

Bid #: 785 7
261
Item 10.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0580500 Brakes, Bendix, Disc, Rear, Model
ADB-22X, Single
The rear brakes will be Bendix Model ADB-22X, air disc. 0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a 26.8 CI displacement. 0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0790412 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200
IWT, Heated, SFR/Enf

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver 1200 IWT, with internal wet tank, spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0617799 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located LS pump panel per PP layout. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4 turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0589828 SP Air Tanks, Mount High, Maximize
Ground Clearance

AIR TANK MOUNTING
Air tanks will be installed to maximize ground clearance. Smaller tanks may be required to allow for them to be mounted higher for increased ground clearance.

Bid #: 785 8
262
Item 10.
0808515 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lbftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
Power:
510 hp at 1600rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000rpm
Governed Speed:
1900 rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:

13.7L
Starter:

DP60
Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and backpressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting
0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0640477 Air Intake, Metal Screen, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

A stainless steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA 1901 requirements.

The air cleaner and stainless steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0794743 Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15, MX13,
Engine, Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single Module™ aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels.

A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.

Bid #: 785 9
263
Item 10.
0683310 Diffuser, Exhaust, Modified For
Extraction, 5"x7"x5", Flush With Rub
Rail, CARE

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be 90 degrees to the body.

The diffuser will  be reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system. The 5.00" extension pipe coming out of the end of the diffuser will be flush with the body rub rail.  There will be a minimum of 4.00" clearance between the top of the 5.00" extension and the bottom of the body.

There will be a minimum of 2.50" from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield.

The last 7.00" of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0733463 SP DEF Tank, 6.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear
of Axle, Common Door, Paccar

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 6.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, painted door on the driver side of the vehicle.

The selector flap within the common area for the fuel and DEF fills will have a flush lift & turn latch. The latch will be provided so that the selector flap will be latched when the flap is in the position over the DEF fill.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump

0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.

0690880 No Selection Required From This
Category
Bid #: 785 10
264
Item 10.
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0559012 Program, Transmission, Shift To
Neutral, With Prk Brk

TRANSMISSION PROGRAM
The transmission will shift to neutral when parking brake is set. 0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler,
Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0509229 Steering Wheel, 2 Spoke STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 2- spoke design.
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: City
The second row of text will be: of
The third row of text will be: Oroville
Bid #: 785 11
265
Item 10.
0606555 Bumper, 13" Extended, Steel
Painted, 8.00" High, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1) piece steel painted bumper, minimum of 8.00" high, will be attached to the front of the frame.

The bumper will be metal finished and painted to match the apparatus.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel.

The bumper will be extended 13.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.

The sides of the gravel pan will provide a transition between the bottom of the bumper and the bottom of the cab.
0625212 SP Tray, Hose, Center, 13" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, 11" Deep, 8"
Below/3" Above

HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will be 11.00" deep, 8.00" below the gravel pan and a 3.00" extension above.

The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0624826 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, 2.00"
Straps, Fasteners, Pair
Center Hose Tray Restraint
There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray.

The restraints will be 2.00" wide black nylon straps with seat belt buckle fasteners provided. The straps will be used to secure the hose in the tray.
0614646 No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel,
AXT, SFR/Enf
0612736 SP Tow Eyes, Painted, Extended Out
Front of Bumper, Color Feature

TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes will be mounted through the front face of the bumper.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius.

The tow eyes will be mounted directly to the bumper frame.

Cutouts will be provided in the front face of the stainless steel bumper to allow the tow eyes to extend out the front.

The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The tow eyes will be painted #90 red .
0809080 SP Lights, Flood, Rigid Industries, DSeries Pro, Model #212513, Flush Mount

DIFFUSED AUXILIARY LIGHTS
Two (2) Rigid Industries, D-Series Pro, Part #212513, 3.00" x 3.00" black hexagonal LED flood lamps with diffused light pattern, 9-36V DC, 3168 raw lumens, will be provided, one (1) on each side, flush mounted in the front bumper.

The lights will be activated by a switch with indicator on the driver side instrument panel.

The lights will be reset to off whenever the vehicle ignition switch is set to the off position.

Bid #: 785 12
266
Item 10.
0649716 Cab, Enforcer, 6010

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 36.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 41.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0747442 Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. 0610508 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate that covers the entire rear wall.

Bid #: 785 13
267
Item 10.
0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0643412 Seal, Caulk Top Edge, Exterior Cab
Rear Wall

CAULK TOP EDGE OF REAR WALL SCUFFPLATE
The top edge of the scuffplate on the back wall of the cab will be caulked to prevent water from leaking behind it.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 0648170 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Raised Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 73.25" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.

Bid #: 785 14
268
Item 10.
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0528251 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (1) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0633615 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0557023 Handrail, 10", Below Cab Windshield,
Pair

HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A 10.00" long x 1.25" diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one (1) on each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.
0802931 SP Handrail, Interior, Crew Cab Doors,
Location

INTERIOR CREW CAB DOOR HANDRAIL
A handrail will be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails will be mounted One (1) each Crew Cab door, horizontal at lower portion of door window.. These are in addition to the standard crew cab door handle.
0637984 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high.
0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer
0786279 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

Bid #: 785 15
269
Item 10.
0786284 Window Tint, Behind Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786286 Window Tint, Upper Crew Cab Door,
Right Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786294 Window Tint, Upper Crew Cab Door,
Left Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786299 Window Tint, Behind Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0644019 Holder, Cup, 4" Diameter x 4" High x
1" Slit on Side, Matting, Alum, Each

CUP HOLDER
There will be four (4) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will be 4.00" in diameter x 4.00" high. An approximate 1.00" wide recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The cup holder(s) will be painted to match the cab interior and located Mount at Final. 0722796 Dash, Poly, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be an easily removable high impact resistant polymer cover.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .75" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0893536 Mounting Plate, 3/16" Aluminum,
Pegboard, Cab Interior

MOUNTING PLATE(S)
There will be two (2)Sized based on available space, maximum size outboard of Forward Facing cabinet full height pegboard mounting plate(s) provided and installed (1) Each side of rear wall outboard of the forward facing center cabinet.. The plate will be 0.188" thick with .203" diameter holes, punched 1.00" on center in a pegboard pattern. The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. The plates(s) will be mounted on 1.00" spacer stand-offs. 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl.
0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint.

Bid #: 785 16
270
Item 10.
0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0722696 HVAC, Enforcer, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a formed plastic cover.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #13.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0622887 Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, Saber
FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.

Bid #: 785 17
271
Item 10.
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0013560 Map box, 5 bin/30 Deg Slant, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

MAP BOX
A map box with five (5) bins, open at the top, will be installed mount at final with each bin being

12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4).
0632962 Seat, Driver, Bostrom, Sierra, Air
Ride, High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Sierra, air suspension high back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (5.50" travel). To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to 45 degrees forward.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632918 Seat, Officer, Bostrom 450, Fixed,
SCBA, Saber FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Tanker 450, SCBA fixed seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with a 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.50" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0620420 Radio Compartment, Below Non-Air
Ride Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat.

The inside compartment dimensions will be 16.00" wide x 7.50" high x 15.00" deep, with the back of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure.

A drop-down door with one (1) lift and turn latch will be provided for access.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0632850 Seat, Rear Facing C/C, DS Outboard,
Bostrom 450, SCBA, Saber
FR/Enforcer

REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, HO Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with a 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.50" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0632846 Seat, Rear Facing C/C, PS Outboard,
Bostrom 450, SCBA, Saber
FR/Enforcer

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, HO Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with a 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.50" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, DS Outboard
Bid #: 785 18
272
Item 10.
0764155 SP Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center,

38.50 W x 50 H x 22.50 D, Roll,
SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be 38.50" wide x 50.00" high x 22.50" deep with one (1) Amdor rollup door with anodized finish, non-locking. The frame to frame opening of the cabinet will be 36.00" wide x

44.75" high. The minimum clear door opening will be 33.25" wide x 38.87" high.

The cabinet will include three (3) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 1.25" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, PS Outboard
0617410 Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt,
Shelving, 0.75" Thick

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in three (3) EMS compartment shelves, Forward facing center cabinet. Tile color will be black.
0042359 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Bostrom, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain black vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have four (4) seating positions.
0677039 Bracket, Air Bottle, Bostrom
"SecureAll", Cab Seats, Bostrom
Only

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
There will be three (3) SCBA type seats in the cab with Bostrom SecureAll SCBA locking holder brackets installed directly into the Bostrom seats. The brackets will be compliant with NFPA 1901 Section 14.1.10.1.
0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon 808* series, dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white .

The white LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the door switches. 0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0602637 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.

Bid #: 785 19
273
Item 10.
0554191 Handlight, Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451, C4 LED, Tail Lights, 12v,
Orange

ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be three (3) lights additional 12v Streamlight, Model #44451, Fire Vulcan LED light(s) will be provided and mounted Determine at Pre-Con. Each light will be provided with a 12 volt direct wire vehicle mounting rack.

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a single C4 LED bulb and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail-light LEDs". The tail-light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Bid #: 785 20
274
Item 10.

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
Bid #: 785 21
275
Item 10.

ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements.  The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.

Bid #: 785 22
276
Item 10.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument panel.
0897831 Wiring, Spare,12V DC, USB-A, USBC Termination, Kussmaul 091-264 Cab 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 6 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate in the cab/crewcab (1) in drivers area per IP Layout, (1) one Officer area per IP Layout, (1) each side of Forward Facing Center cabinet in a box with USB outlets facing Firefighter seat.

Termination will be a Kussmaul part number 091-264 switch panel dual USB-A, 18 watt and USBC, 45 watt SVR, charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0764088 Wiring, Spare, 47.5 A 12V DC, Cust
Install Radio, 40A Bat Dir, 7.5A Sw &
Grnd

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING
There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) direct battery, one (1) master battery switched and one (1) negative for use with radio equipment.

Each lead will be 18.00" long and be provided RS overhead passenger dash, from below Officer seat. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices.

A breaker rated for 40 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the direct battery lead with a minimum of 8 gauge wire.

A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the master battery switched lead.

The wires will be colored coded as follows:
red for direct battery
yellow for master battery switched
black for ground
0585913 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate (1) one mounted in LS3 & RS3, mounted in upper rear corner on forward wall of each compartment..

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar.  The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0585914 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate (1) one mounted next to engine tunnel aft of Driver seat. (1) one mounted next to engine tunnel aft of Officer seat (1) one mounted in lower portion of forward facing center cabinet in crew cab area.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar.  The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area and Drivers Dash per IP Layout, X2 Crew Cab rear seats. (1) each side of Forward Facing Center cabinet in same box with USB, outlets facing forward towards Firefighter seats
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 785 23
277
Item 10.
0803875 Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear
Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed within reach of the driver. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof.

The following features will be included:
- 180 watts max power output (45W x 4)
- Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls
(A2DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB 2.0 for playback of MP3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input
0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
Bid #: 785 24
278
Item 10.

PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

Bid #: 785 25
279
Item 10.
0734857 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degree C to 85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time - 24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0606226 Signal, Recordable, VDR, Silence
Alarm, AXT MUX, DCF, SFR/Enf,
Imp/Vel, Qtm
Vehicle Data Recordable Input
When the VDR is active, the seat belt monitoring system alarm will be silenced through the standard silence alarm switch. The alarm will chirp in intervals to remind the operator that an alarm is still sounding.
0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located (1) DS, (1) Officer per IP Layout. Two (2) crew cab outboard seats will have intercom only capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (2) U3815 Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer) Two (2) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (1) U3800 Master station (1 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Remote headset intercom station (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to Officer overhead dash area .

Bid #: 785 26
280
Item 10.
0597914 Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be four (4) under the helmet, headset(s) provided Driver, Officer, Both Crew Cab seats.

Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0681408 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard rear facing seat and passenger's side outboard rear facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. 0559503 Install Customer Provided, Portable
Radio Charger(s)

PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be three (3) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed TBD at Pre-Con visit. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be two (2) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed (2) behind the lightbar on the lower roof on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0787174 Special CZIII WiFi Antenna Location,
RS Cab Rf, Vel/Imp/Dash CF/Enf

SPECIAL WIFI ANTENNA MOUNT LOCATION
The Command Zone advanced electronics WiFi-GPS antenna will be relocated from its standard right crewcab roof location forward on the cab roof on the right side. When relocating this antenna it must be located a minimum of nine (9) inches away from any other metallic object. 0653520 Camera, Pierce, Mux, R, RS
Cameras

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
One (1) CS134404CI Side camera
One (1) Amplified speaker (if applicable)
All necessary cables
0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera

RECESS REAR CAMERA
A rear camera recess will be provided to the driver side rear . 0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Bid #: 785 27
281
Item 10.

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.

Bid #: 785 28
282
Item 10.
0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0892649 CZ Connect Telematics

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web-based user interface portal provided.

The TCU will be fully integrated into the Command Zone™ electrical system. It will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 3 year subscription..

After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure CZ Connect web-based interface portal.

The CZ Connect web-based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211 Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance.

Bid #: 785 29
283
Item 10.
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided.  Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0793175 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, 440-
4910-0, 023-5353-1 Indicator,
Waterproof

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be one (1) Kussmaul, Model 440-4910-0, 35 amp 12 volt DC single bank chassis battery charger provided.

There will be a Kussmaul, Model 023-5353-1, bar graph display indicating the state of charge provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a splice box located near the charger.
0505960 Location, Charger, Left Side Front
Body Compartment
Battery charger will be located in the front left body compartment, mounted Up high on back wall as high as possible.
0530949 Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Seat
Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. 0008740 Cover, Protection over Battery
Charger

BATTERY CHARGER COVER
A cover will be fabricated and installed over the battery charger for protection.

LS Body Compartment.
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

Bid #: 785 30
284
Item 10.
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab
FR

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.

Bid #: 785 31
285
Item 10.
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be clear.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0578264 Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.

Bid #: 785 32
286
Item 10.
0804836 SP Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln M62BU
LED, Switches 2 lts, 1st

CORNERING/SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) of Whelen®, Model M62BU, white 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome trim provided on the apparatus, no higher than the low beam headlights, (1) each corner of front bumper, match #36591.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and when the left directional signal is activated, the left scene lights will activate. When the right directional signal is activated, the right scene lights will activate. 0056200 Mounting, Light, Recess (each) MOUNTING, RECESS LIGHT There will be one (1) recessed pocket(s) for mounting light(s). The recessed pocket(s) will be provided passenger side rear body bulkhead.
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights. 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED weatherproof strip lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and a cab door is open.
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw

STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 0892654 Light, Step, Additional, P25 LED

ADDITIONAL STEP LIGHT
There will be Model P25 white LED step lights with chrome housing to provide additional lighting.

The step lights will be installed on the front of the cargo sheet to illuminate the crosslay cover.

The quantity of additional step lights will be two (2) lights.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The additional step lights will be activated by the same means as the standard step lights. 0765338 SP Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SSLED, Stainless, Cab Sw & Reverse

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Ziamatic, Model ZQL-SS-LED, 450 lumen per light, 12 volt DC, white LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing installed on the side of the apparatus, just ahead the side warning lights over the rear wheels, match #36591.

The lights will be controlled by a switch in the cab per switch panel layout.

The lights will also be activated when the transmission is placed into reverse.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 785 33
287
Item 10.
0626449 Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen Model NP6B*, 1,800 lumens 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail bracket to be located passenger side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at 45 degrees outwards per previous truck #32995 01-03.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following:
from the passenger's side cab scene light option control. a switch at the driver's side pump panel.
no additional switch location.
no additional switch location.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0626453 Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen Model NP6B*, 1,800 lumens 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail bracket to be located driver side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at 45 degrees outwards per previous truck #32995 01-03.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following:
from the driver's side body scene light option control. a switch at the pump operator's panel.
no additional switch location.
no additional switch location.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768059 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, RIGHT SIDE OF THE CAB ABOVE WINDOW.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768061 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, LEFT SIDE OF THE CAB ABOVE WINDOW.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763608 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light (s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, LS HATCH COMPARTMENT, CENTERED OVER LS2.

The light(s) will include housing(s) with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the left side pump panel and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763610 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light (s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, on the RS Body Side Sheet up high centered over RS2.

The light(s) will include housing(s) with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the left side pump panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s).

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

Bid #: 785 34
288
Item 10.
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED
4lts

LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0778195 Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PCPSM1C
Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount

REAR SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PCPSM1, LED scene lights with chrome trim bezels installed at the rear of the apparatus. These lights will be installed between 30.00" and 102.00" above the ground.

The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the driver's side pump panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.
0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060100 Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen

0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

0063387 Tank, Water, 600 Gallon, Poly, Short

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 600 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank will be T-shaped to provide for deep side compartments and to serve as a large sump to limit the amount of undraftable water.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA bulletin 1901 requirements.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel flat bar or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank

SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK
Two (2) sleeves will be provided in the water tank for a 2.50" pipe to the rear. 0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
Bid #: 785 35
289
Item 10.
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0126632 Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of 12-gauge galvanneal steel.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the upper body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate from left to right: hosebed #1= 200' of 1.5" Wildland pre-connect above shelf, #2 = 200' of 1.75" pre-connected below shelf, #3 = 600' 2.5", #4 = 600' of 5" additional 200' of 2.5" Blitz line. Most likely on RS of hose bed. 0689090 Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted,
w/Handhold

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Three (3) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum.

An oval opening will be provided near the rear of the divider to be used as a hand hold and aid in accessing the hose bed.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower.  The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0058033 Shelf, Hinged, In Hose Bed, Between
Side Sheet

SHELF, HINGED IN HOSE BED
There will be one (1) hinged shelves, constructed of aluminum grating, provided for hose or equipment storage inside the hose bed located LS between side sheet and first divider on the left side. The shelf will be attached to the hose bed side sheet. 0730459 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Bolted T-Bar

HOSE BED COVER
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary modular bridgework support.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

The cover is designed with the left cover opening first.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0697328 Flap, Rear of Alum Hose Bed Cover,
Two Piece, Vinyl, w/Seat Belt
Buckles

HOSEBED END FLAP
A pair of black vinyl flaps will be installed on the rear, one for each of the aluminum treadplate hose bed covers. The vinyl flap will be secured to the hose bed cover with quarter turn fasteners.

Each vinyl flap will have (2) nylon tie down straps with seat belt buckles to secure the flaps at their base.

Bid #: 785 36
290
Item 10.
0695399 Running Boards, 14.75" Deep, Front
and Rear 45 Degree Corners

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 14.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. The front and rear outside corner of the running board will be finished with a 45 degree corner where it lines up with the body.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0810369 SP Tailboard, Folding, Space Saver -
Tread Ext, Hinged 2 Pc 10"
Bumper,PUC Style,2G

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will be designed as a space saving work platform provided at the rear of the body.

The platform will fold up to reduce overall truck length, angle of departure, and create a clean safe working platform by keeping rain, snow, and ice off the platform during transit.

The platform will be 35.50" wide x 21.00" deep. When folded up, the platform will be the lower section of the rear compartment door. The external surface of the platform will be covered in aluminum treadplate. When folded down, the platform will provide a treadplate stepping surface with a rated capacity of 500 lb.

REAR BUMPER
A two (2) piece rear bumper will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

The bumper will be a two (2) piece design, allowing the folding platform to operate in the center of the unit.

The bumper will be fabricated from bright aluminum treadplate and be 10.00" in depth.

Each piece of the bumper will be hinged to allow the piece to fold up if struck from beneath in an angle of departure scenario.
0690027 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material, Flush Rear Wall

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

The rear wall will be flush.
0887592 SP Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, Spaced
Forward, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard, 5.00" forward from the rear of the tailboard.

With air ride suspension and a 65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .50" further rearward than normal when there is this combination of options.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0623362 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Straps, S/S Seat Belt Buckle Style
Latch

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with stainless steel seat belt buckle style latches will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board.
0695615 Tray, Hose, Running Board, Free
Floating, 20' of 5.00" Soft Suction,
Tapered

HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays will be made free floating one (1) in each side running board.

The tray(s) will be flanged and drop in from the top. The ends will be tapered at the front and rear towards the center. No fasteners will be used to secure the tray(s).

Capacity of the tray will be 20.00' of 5.00" soft suction hose.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.

Bid #: 785 37
291
Item 10.
0895816 Construction, Compt, Galv, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be 12-gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include 0.375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with 0.625" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis, unsupported, will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00", simulating the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn while at 20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0551417 LS 140" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER, Raised Rear 6"

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 22.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 16.63" wide x 61.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 61.63" high x

25.88" deep in the lower 20.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 43.50" wide x 56.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.

Bid #: 785 38
292
Item 10.
0551418 RS 140" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER, Raised Rear 6"

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 22.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 16.63" wide x 61.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 61.63" high x

25.88" deep in the lower 20.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 43.50" wide x 56.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.
0063911 Doors, Lap w/ "D" Handles - Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. The doors will be made out of the same material as the body. To provide additional door strength a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of .25" that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. (Hinges which are welded on will not be acceptable.)
All door locking mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and FMVSS approved door locking mechanisms.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0672652 SP Compt, Flush Rear, Rollup/Space
Saver, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D, 2nd Gen

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

Interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 32.38" of the compartment and 15.75" deep in the remaining upper portion. Depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

Rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

Clear door opening of this compartment will be 33.25" wide x 33.00" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0692740 Doors, Swing Tailboard/Gortite
Rollup, Rear Compartment, PUC

ROLLUP-SWING DOWN REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a swing down tailboard as the lower section of the door and a roll door for the upper section. The rollup door will be double faced aluminum construction, an anodized satin finish and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995 No Body Modification Required

Bid #: 785 39
293
Item 10.
0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be one (1) compartment door that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray.  The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed B1. 0505888 Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock)

KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors that require a keyed lock. The compartments to have a keyed lock will be ALL LAP DOORS.
0533468 SP Web Strap Door Stops on Compt
Doors

DOOR STOP WEB STRAP,
four (4) compartment doors will be provided with front cab door strap to keep the high side compartment doors from hitting the lift up compartment doors. LS1, LS3, RS1, RS3. 0731558 Pull Strap for Liftup Doors

LIFTUP DOOR PULL STRAPS
two (2) compartment doors will be provided with pull straps. The pull straps will be 12.00" long and black in color.

The straps will be installed directly to the inside of the liftup door.

The liftup door compartments to have these straps will be LS2 and RS2. 0003919 Reverse Hinge Compartment Door REVERSE HINGED DOOR The two (2) compartment doors, located LS3/RS3, will have the hinge at the rear of the door. 0068512 SP Scuffplate, Clear Lexan and White
Vinyl, Half Height of Compt Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
one (1) compartment door will include a 0.118" thick clear lexan scuffplate to cover the entire width and the top one-half height on the inside panel of each door pan.

A piece of white vinyl material will be applied back side of the lexan scuffplate.

Scuffplate will be located Upper portion of LS3.
0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0739915 Hatch, (2) Liftup, Pumper HATCH COMPARTMENT
One (1) hatch compartment will be provided above the left side compartments.

Each hatch compartment will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation x 13.75" wide. The height of each hatch compartment will match the side sheet height or be below the side sheet by a minimum of 3.00" to a maximum hatch height of 22.00".

Sides of the compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job color. A 2.00" tall formed aluminun painted to match the upper body color will be provided to cover the seam between the top of the body panel and the bottom of the hatch compartment. The vertical outboard seam at the center of the compartment will be smooth weld finished and painted. The top of the compartment will be constructed of bright aluminum treadplate.

Two (2) lift-up, bright aluminum treadplate doors will be provided on the top of the compartment.

Doors will have lipped edges with a rubber seal for weather resistance. Each door will have a socket and plunger type latch and chrome grab handle. Doors will be hinged on the outboard side and will utilize a gas strut (or rubber covered chain on narrow width doors) Compartment will drain to an area below the hose bed. Black Turtle Tile mattin shall be provided to help prevent stored equipment in pooled water.
0730092 Not Required

0733220 Lights, Hatch Compt, 42", LED, Light
Strips, 1-Sides 2 Dr

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be a 42.00" 12 volt DC strip light with white LEDs mounted on the interior, hinged side of each door. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the door is opened. 0760868 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Dual LED
Light Strips, Each Side

CARGO/DUNNAGE AREA LIGHTING
There will be two (2), 12 volt DC strips lights with white LEDs and stainless steel protective cover, provided to illuminate the cargo area.

One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the left side of the cargo area.

One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the right side of the cargo area.

The light(s) will be activated when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 785 40
294
Item 10.
0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS3 and B1.

These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be 12 shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be in LS1 at the depth transition point to the left of the partition, in RS3 in the upper third, in RS3 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in RS1 on the ladder rack actuator cover, in RS3 on the ladder rack actuator cover, in LS2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in B1 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS1 in the upper third to the left of the partition and in LS3 at the depth transition point. 0709690 Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 250 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be in LS3 in the lower third
0540335 Toolboard, Swing-out, Alum, .188",
No Holes

SWING OUT TOOLBOARD
A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided.

It will be a minimum of .188" thick without holes in the board.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the back of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

The board will have a D-ring handle to secure it in the stowed position The board will be mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment.

There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed RS2.
0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0726457 Partition, Vertical Compt, Predefined
Locations

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
Two (2) partitions will be provided.

The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.

The location(s) will be in LS1, 30.00" from the forward door frame and in LS2, 26.00" from the forward door frame.
0799343 SP Bracket, SCBA, Zico SC-50-H-6-SF,
with PHS

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
There will be one (1) Ziamatic, Model SC-50-H-6-SF, SCBA holder(s) with PHS (positive holding strap) provided. The bracket(s) will be located LS2 forward of the Vertical Divider. 0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components.

Bid #: 785 41
295
Item 10.
0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0005261 No Handrail Required, Beavertail

HANDRAILS
Handrails will not be required on the beavertail.
0011212 Handrail, Not Required, Rear Hose
Bed, Pumper
0636301 Compt, Extinguisher (2) Fender
Panel, Triangular Door
EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)
A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided RS REAR. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately

25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of two (2) air bottle compartments designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided.

Bid #: 785 42
296
Item 10.
0015036 Rack, Ladders, Hydraulic, Right Side,
Air Clamps

HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK
Ground ladders will be mounted above the right side of the hose body in a specially designed swing-down cradle. This cradle will be electric/hydraulic operated. The system design will have been life cycle tested for dependable service.

An independent hydraulic pump powered by a 12-volt electric motor will operate the hydraulics.

The hydraulic pump and reservoir will be accessible from the ground through a stainless steel inspection door.

The ladder rack will incorporate two hydraulic rotary actuators, one each located inside the front compartment and the rear compartment. The actuators will be completely enclosed within each compartment to eliminate any pinch points while operating the ladder rack. Lifting arms will be attached outside the compartment body to the front and rear actuator.

The rack can be designed in certain situations to provide lifting capabilities up to 500 lb.

The maximum height of the rack from the ground in the lowered position will be no more than

47.00".

The electric control panel will have a master switch on/off switch, an actuation switch, an operation indicator light and operation instructions. The electric controls will be located at the pump panel adjacent to the ladder rack in such a manner to allow the operator full view of the area into which the ladders will be lowered.

Two (2) air operated safety locks will be furnished to securely maintain the ladder bracket assembly in the travel position. These air operated safety locks will be controlled from the ladder rack control panel.

A polished stainless steel enclosure shall be provided over the hydraulic ladder rack locks at the front and the rear on the right side to cover the ladder rack locks (2) and provide mounting for any rear warning lights.

Ladders will be secured to the brackets with two (2) locks retaining the roof ladder and the extension ladder. The locks will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place.

LADDER RACK INTERLOCK AND NOT STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT
An interlock will be provided to prevent operation of the ladder rack unless the apparatus parking brake has been activated.

A steady red indicator light will be located on the cab instrument panel and illuminated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. The light will be labeled "Ladder Rack". In addition, the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light located in the cab will be activated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position.
0756375 Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed,
Truck-Lite 15****

HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK DEPLOYED LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite catalog number 15***, 1.20" high x 2.49" wide x 0.94" deep lights with chrome trim, amber flashing LEDs and provided per the following:

One (1) light installed on the front of the hydraulic ladder rack One (1) light installed on the rear of the hydraulic ladder rack The warning light lens color(s) to be clear
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position.
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0024499 Arm, Rear, Offset, Hydraulic Rack
2000, Recess Light
The rear hydraulic rack arm will have an offset to not block the rear upper zone warning lights. 0024798 Arms, Raise Pivot Point, 6", Hydraulic
Ladder Rack
The ladder rack pivot point will be raised 6.00" on the RS per Pre-Lim to change the lifting capacity of the rack.
0674764 SP Trough, Aluminum, for Folding
Ladder on Hyd Ladder Rack

TROUGH, ALUMINUM, FOLDING LADDER
There will be an aluminum trough provided on the hydraulic ladder rack to mount the folding ladder.
0725371 Compt w/Door, Backboard, Over
Pump

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A transverse area over the pump and rearward of the crosslays will hold one (1) storage trough.

A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length.

The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate door(s) with a pair of flush lift and turn latches. The door(s) will be hinged along the rearward edge.

The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 74.00" long x 18.00" wide x 3.00" high. 0074337 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Fiberglass,
Featherlight, YPD-6
PIKE POLE, 6'
One (1) pike pole 6' long with a Nupla Featherlight fiberglass handle will be provided and located Tube on Ladder Rack.
0074336 Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Fiberglass,
Featherlight, YPD-8
8' PIKE POLE
One (1) pike pole, 8' long with a Nupla Featherlight fiberglass handle will be provided and located Tube on Ladder Rack.

Bid #: 785 43
297
Item 10.
0013950 Pike Pole, 10' Nupla, Fiberglass,
Featherlight, YPD-10
PIKE POLE, 10'
One (1) pike pole, 10' long with a Nupla Featherlight fiberglass handle will be provided and located Tube on Ladder Rack.
0763088 SP Trash Hook, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
Fiberglass, TRH-8, w/D Handle, Turn
90 Deg
8' PIKE POLE
One (1) pike pole, 8' long trash hook(s), Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model TRH-8 with D-handle will be provided and located RS Long tool compartment. The D-handle will be orientated to be in line with the hook head to allow it to lie flat in a trough. 0567897 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-8
8' PIKE POLE
There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Hook , 8' long roof hook with steel shaft and chisel (pry) end provided RS Long tool compartment. 0552649 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6
6 FT PIKE POLE
There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-6, 6 foot pike pole(s) with steel handles and pry end provided Tubes in Aux Cab Transverse compartment. 0767871 SP Compt, Long Tools, Btwn Tank &
Side Sheet/Below Tank Tee, RS

LONG TOOL STORAGE
One (1) compartment will be provided below the tank tee between the tank and side sheet on the right side. The compartment will be roughly Maximum size available for area below tank tee on RS, Depth to be set by customer at Pre-Con in size. A door will be provided at the rear of the compartment for access. The door will be made of smooth aluminum with a Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch. The door will be hinged along the outboard edge. 0081834 Trough for D-Handled Trash Hook,
Qty

TRASH HOOK STORAGE
There will be one (1) stainless steel U-shaped trough(s) provided for storage of D-handle style trash hook(s). The trough(s) will be installed RS Long tool compartment. 0058193 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage, Spcl
Notch, NY PP Head

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located RS long tool compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube.
0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of three (3) pike poles and will be located on hydraulic ladder rack. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0561510 SP Steps, Rear Compartment Width, 8",
Rear of Body
One (1) bright aluminum treadplate full width step will be provided above the rear compartment.

This step will be approximately the same width as the rear comparment. Gussets will be provided to ensure the proper support and structural integrity of the step. The remaining steps will be bright aluminum treadplate corner steps. All rear steps will provide adequate surface for stepping and will be located in accordance to NFPA 1901.
0601853 SP I Zone Bracket, Pair, Through Rear
Wall, Removable,18"

I-ZONE BRACKETS
Two (2) removable I-Zone brackets will be provided and mounted at the rear of the apparatus recessed through the rear of the body as shown on the AD . The brackets will be "L" shaped and extend approximately 18.00" from the body in the deployed position and extend up 8.00". There will be a steel pin to secure the brackets in the stowed position. The brackets will be constructed of .75" diameter aluminum tubing at minimum. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning) and not interfere with any of the rear facing zone lights when carrying hose.
0684975 SP Step, Rung, Camper Style, Pull-out &
Drop Down, 14" Wide

STEP, PULL-OUT/DROP DOWN
One (1) pull-out step will be provided. Each step rung will be 14" wide and will pull out and drop down to provide easy access.

The step will be located on the left side below rear bulkhead mounted 5" forward from rear of body.

Bid #: 785 44
298
Item 10.
0780037 Pump, Auxiliary, Waterous, CPK-2,
Hyd PTO Drive, 300 GPM, 2016
NFPA 1901

AUXILIARY PUMP
A hydraulic driven 3.00" suction, 2.00" discharge Waterous CPK-2 centrifugal pump will be provided for pump and roll operations. The pump will have a gear type hydraulic motor. The pump will have a high tensile gray iron case. Bronze double hubbed impeller mechanically and hydraulically balanced will be installed on a heat treated and ground stainless steel shaft. Impeller shaft will be supported by oil lubricated ball bearings. Pump gear case will have silent running helical gears fully supported by ball bearings.

A variable displacement piston type hydraulic pump supplying the hydraulic motor on the water pump will be supplied. The displacement of the hydraulic pump will be controlled by a fixed orifice type, load sensing, hydraulic circuit. The hydraulic system will have a properly sized reservoir, cooler, filter and accessory components. The components will be mounted in the vehicle body to facilitate routine maintenance operations. The hydraulic drive design will be certified by manufacturer of the primary hydraulic components as suitable for the intended use and duty.

All components of the water pump and drive system will be readily available on the domestic hydraulic market (USA).

An auxiliary main pump drain will be supplied.

PUMP PERFORMANCE
The pump will be rated by the pump manufacturer on bench testing to the deliver the following performance at 1000 engine rpm. These numbers will be reduced when installed on the apparatus due to plumbing restrictions and/or the location of this water pump. - 300 gpm @ 150psi
- 300 gpm @ 165psi
- 210 gpm @ 200psi
- 150 gpm @ 250psi
This pump will also meet NFPA 1901 section 16.2.2 for pump and roll performance/requirements.

It will deliver at least 20 gpm @ 80 psi while moving at 2 mph or less. 0626923 Installation Location, Aux Pump,
Inside Pump house Area

AUXILIARY PUMP INSTALLATION
The auxiliary pump will be installed and located within the main pump module. 0788341 Not Required, Fuel Supply,
(Hydraulic Drive Pump)

0626844 Not Required, Exhaust Routing, Aux
Pump
0787477 Discharge Connections, Aux Pump,
Standard, w/Foam System

AUXILIARY PUMP DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS
A discharge manifold will be supplied as required to allow plumbing of the required discharges.

This pump will supply water to all foam capable discharge outlets Check valve(s) will be provided to prevent backflows between the main pump and the auxiliary pump.
0626917 Tank to Pump Line, Hyd Aux Pump,

2.50", Separate Tank to Pump Line

AUXILIARY PUMP -TANK TO PUMP CONNECTION
An independent 2.50" tank to pump piping with a 2.50" valve will be provided for the auxiliary pump. It will not be part of the main pump's tank to pump line nor draw water through the main pump.

The design will include a method for anti-swirl protection and prevent pump cavitation.

The tank to pump line will run from the pump into the front face of the water tank. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.

This tank to pump connection will have an electric valve that will open when the Pierce hydraulic pressure controller(s) "ON" switch is activated. The valve will close when the "OFF" switch is activated. The electric tank to pump valve will not be gateable. 0626935 Primer, Aux Pump, Included w/Main
Pump Primer

AUXILIARY PUMP PRIMER
The auxiliary pump system will be primed with the main pump primer as defined elsewhere in this specification.
0788354 Controls, Hydraulic Aux Pump,
Pierce, Dual

AUXILIARY PUMP GAUGES AND CONTROLS
There will be PTO switch(s) and indicator light(s) provided in the cab near the driver's position and on left pump operator's panel for engaging the water pump PTO.

To control the pump pressure and activate the water pump, a Pierce electronic water pressure controller(s) will be provided in the cab near the driver's postion and on left pump operator's panel.

The electronic water pressure controller(s) will mounted on an integrated panel and contain a digital pressure gauge along with pump and system status indicators and a pump pressure adjustment knob.

Bid #: 785 45
299
Item 10.
0626933 Line, Recirculating, Aux Pump,
499gpm and less, 0.375", Automatic

AUXILIARY PUMP AUTOMATIC RECIRCULATING LINE
The auxiliary pump will be furnished with a 0.375" automatic pump recirculating line with a check valve. The line will be routed from the discharge side of the auxiliary pump to the water tank.

This line will be designed to circulate water continuously from the auxiliary pump back to the tank to help maintain the water pump temperature at a safe level.

The recirculating line will be plumbed into the water tank dome. It will include a check valve to facilitate priming and prevent water backflow. The check valve will be installed as close as possible to the water tank dome.
0777533 SP Engineering Review of Aux Pump
System Completed - APPROVED

0007575 Pump House, Side Control, 48",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation.

The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0035500 Raised Pump House Structure, Side
Control
Bid #: 785 46
300
Item 10.
0004425 Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
- 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
- 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004482 Seal, Mechanical, Waterous

Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.

In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 0559769 Trans, Pump, Waterous C20 Series

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
Bid #: 785 47
301
Item 10.
0746508 Valve(s), Relief Intake, Trident Air
Max, Control Location

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
One (1) Trident Air Max intake relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 150 psig.

The relief valve will have a working range of 50 PSI to 350 PSI.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

One (1) adjustable air regulator and pressure indicating gauge will be located on a common bezel on the left side pump panel to control the intake valve(s). 0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD,
Custom Chassis

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to Pressure Setting mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.

When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits.

The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation.

The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions -
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0607957 SP Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
operated, Auto w/Gauge, w/(1) Add'l
Prime Vlv

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. The control will have a three position switch for automatic, off or test. In the sentry mode (automatic) the primer will sense when the pump losses discharge pressure and start the pump primer. The primer will automatically stop once the pump has pressure.

A vacuum gauge will indicate the vertical elevation of water in feet during priming operation.

One (1) additional priming valve will be plumbed to the the auxiliary water pump. The additional control will be located at the pump operator's panel.
0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position.

Bid #: 785 48
302
Item 10.
0620445 Foam Drain(s), Special Location

FOAM DRAIN(S), LOCATION
The foam drain(s) will be located as high as possible for ground clearance. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

Bid #: 785 49
303
Item 10.
0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 785 50
304
Item 10.
0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0775183 SP Outlet, 4" w/4" Right, Small
Handwheel

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 4.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a small handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel.

An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. 0681048 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

4.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz, S/S Cable

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap and stainless steel tie cable. 0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the right side of the front bumper.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0649318 Reverse Linkage, Front Outlet

REVERSE LINKAGE ON FRONT OUTLET(S)
The valve control for the front outlet(s) on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. The reverse linkage will be provided for one (1) front outlet(s) located Front Bumper outlet.
0647702 Additional Valve, Front Outlet, 2"

FRONT OUTLET ADDITIONAL VALVE
A second 2.00" full flow ball valve will be provided at the front bumper extension. The valve will have an integral chrome swing style handle.
0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed, one (1) each side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.
0040286 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 30 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0687803 SP Outlet, Front HB, 1.50" w/2.00"
Plumbing, Location

FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets located at the front of the hose bed, Outlets to be mounted with (1) One above and (1) one below shelf on LS of hosebed. Per AD on left side.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping with a 2.00" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The outlet(s) will terminate with an 1.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 785 51
305
Item 10.
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0091106 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/TFT Extend-aGun XG18, Handwheel DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel with a handwheel control.

TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include a 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend-A-Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0543550 Monitor, TFT Crossfire XFC-42, (2)

2.5" Portable Base, Shaper, Quad
Stack Tips

MONITOR
A Task Force Crossfire Series XFC-42 monitor package will be properly installed on the deluge riser. The monitor package will include a Crossfire monitor with a 10.00" stream shaper and quad stack tips.

A Safe-Tak portable base unit with two (2) 2.50" inlets will be provided. The monitor will be painted as provided by monitor manufacturer.
0047175 No Additional Nozzle Req'd
0046857 Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire
Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun
Only
The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.
0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

0029167 Crosslays Sngl Sheet Unpainted,
(2+) 1.50", Std. Cap

CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of

1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0590942 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay, 1"
Heavy Nylon Web, Strap Fasteners,
Each Side

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
A black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern will be provided across each end of two (2) crosslay/deadlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing will be permanently attached at the top of the crosslay/deadlay opening(s). 1.00" web straps will loop through footman loops located at the opposite end of the permanently attached webbing. The straps will attach with a pair of spring clip and hook fasteners.
0029260 Not Required, Speedlays

Bid #: 785 52
306
Item 10.
0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0615255 Cover, Crosslay, 3/16" Alum
Treadplate, Front Hinge

CROSSLAY COVER
A hinged .19" aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.

The cover will be provided with rubber latch hold open device.

The hinge will be to the front of the hose beds.
0644843 SP Crosslays, 9.00" Lower Than
Standard - with 9.00" Raised PH

CROSSLAY 9.00" LOWER THAN STD
The crosslays will be lowered 9.00" from standard.
0688927 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Left Side

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the left side of the apparatus.  The reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel.  Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.
0011060 Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Pump
Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.

An electric rewind control switch will be installed on the reel side pump panel. 0045300 Hose, Booster - 200' of 1.00"/800 PSI Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 200 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0005244 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1" Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0095353 Foam Sys, Husky 12, Dual Agent

FOAM PROPORTIONER
A foam proportioning system will be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically balance and proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 9.9 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. This will provide a versatile system to meet the demands at a fire scene.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 250 psi. 200 gpm @ 6 percent
400 gpm @ 3 percent
1200 gpm @ 1 percent
The foam concentrate setting may be adjusted in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 9.9 percent. Typical settings are .3 percent, .5 percent and 1.0 percent (The maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operator's panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, direct which foam to use on a multi-tank system, and to set the operation modes (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush).

The percent of injection will have presets for Class A and Class B foam. These presets can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

In order to minimize the use of abbreviations and interpretations, system information will be displayed on the panel by way of .50 tall LEDs that total 14 characters (two (2) lines of seven (7) each). System on and foam pump on indicator lights will also be included. Information displayed will include mode of operation (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush), foam supply selected (Class A or Class B), water total, foam total, foam percentage, remaining gallons, and time remaining.

The control display will direct a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Low Level, Foam Tank
The control head will display a warning message when the foam tank in use is below a quarter tank.

Bid #: 785 53
307
Item 10.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by a hydraulic drive system, which is automatically activated, whenever the vehicle water pump is engaged. A large parasitic electric load used to power the foam pump can cause an overload of the chassis electrical system.

Hydraulic oil cooler will be provided to automatically prevent overheating of the hydraulic oil, which is detrimental to system components. The oil/water cooler will be designed to allow continuous system operation without allowing hydraulic oil temperature to exceed the oil specifications.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be of four (4) gallons minimum capacity and will also be of sufficient size to minimize foaming and be located to facilitate checking oil level or adding oil without spillage or the need to remove access panels.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic motor. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 12 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the onboard foam tank is empty. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow use with training foam or colored water for training purposes.

Panel Mounted Strainer/External Pick-Up Connection
A bronze body strainer/connector unit will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 1.00" male connection with chrome-plated cap integrated to a 2.00" strainer cleanout cap. A check valve will be installed in the pick-up portion of the cleanout cap. A basket style stainless steel screen will be installed in the body of the strainer/connector unit. Removal of the 2.00" cleanout cap will be all that is required to gain access to and remove the stainless steel basket screen. The strainer/connector unit will be ahead of the foam concentrate pump inlet port to insure that all agent reaching the foam pump has been strained.

Pick-Up Hose
A 1.00" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 1.00" female swivel NST thread swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to six (6) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be Font Bumper, ReelLine, Both Crosslays, Both rear HB pre-connects..

System Electrical Load
The foam proportioning will not impose an electrical load on the vehicle electrical system any greater than five (5) amps at 12VDC.

Foam Supply Valve
Electric valves will be used for the foam supply. The foam supply valves will be controlled at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The supply valves will be electric, remote controlled, to eliminate air pockets in the foam tank supply hose.

Maintenance Message
A message will be displayed on the control head to advise when system maintenance needs to be performed. The message will display interval for cleaning the foam strainer, cleaning for the water strainers, and changing the hydraulic oil.

Flush System
The system will be designed such that a flush mode will be provided to allow the system to flush all foam concentrate with clear water. The flush circuit control logic will ensure the foam tank supply valve is closed prior to opening the flush valve. The flush valve will be operated at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The valve will be electrically controlled and located as close to the foam tank supply valve as possible. A manual flush drain valve will be labeled and located under the left side running board.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

Bid #: 785 54
308
Item 10.
0552484 Refill, Foam Tank, Dual Tank, Husky
12 REFILL, FOAM TANKS
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the Class A foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller stating TANK A FILL. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display FILL TANK A. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will display TANK A FULL.

A separate air operated fill pump, controlled by the foam system controller, will be provided for filling the Class B foam tank. A separate inlet connection, mounted on the pump panel will be provided for this fill system. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The connection will be the same as the foam intake connection, in order to allow the use of the foam pick-up hose as the fill hose. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller stating TANK B FILL. To fill the tank, the controller will start and run the air operated pump. While the pump runs, the controller will display FILL TANK B. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will display TANK B FULL. 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0505016 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky
12 Foam System

FOAM TANK DRAIN
A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode.

An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 0091082 Foam Cell #2, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce FOAM CELL
The cell will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class B foam. The brand of foam stored in this cell will be Customer to advise. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. 0505017 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #2, Husky
12 Foam System

FOAM TANK DRAIN
A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode.

An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied, 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle.

Bid #: 785 55
309
Item 10.
0746445 Approval Dwg, Pump Operator's
Panel, Includes Color And Label
Tags
The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up One (01) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or markups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. 0721772 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Front, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The right side removable panel will be secured using a black swell latch .

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower panel (drain bank) will be secured using screws.

Front Pump House Access
The front of the pump house structure will have provisions for access to the pump. 0803876 Light, Pump Compt, Truck-Lite
44042C LED

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Truck-Lite, model 44207C, 4.00" diameter LED light(s) provided inside the pump enclosure.

The light(s) will be activated when the battery switch is on and a switch located near the light(s) is turned on.
0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pierce Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.

Bid #: 785 56
310
Item 10.
0005635 Hourmeter, Pump - Pump Hourmeter
0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red
Switch

AIR HORN SWITCH
An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel.
0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs.

They will be marked with a label.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled.

They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0750526 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, Lt Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25%, and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

There will be a light driver module with this installation to power additional water level gauge(s) included on the apparatus.
0084763 Gauge, Ernst Sight Water Level,
w/Red Ball, IATS

WATER LEVEL GAUGE, ADDITIONAL
An additional water level gauge will be provided. An Ernst sight tube water level indicator with a floating red ball will be mounted on the gauge panel with an unrestricted view for the operator. 0604059 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 205-
A00, TankVision, Remote Mini
Display(s)

MINIATURE WATER LEVEL GAUGE(S)
There will be one (1)Fire Research TankVision model WLA205-A00 miniature water tank indicator gauge(s) installed inside the cab. The indicator gauge(s) will show the volume of water in the tank on five (5) easy to see super bright LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator gauge case will be manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens and have a distinctive blue label.

The miniature tank indicator gauge(s) will be activated when pump is in gear.

The flash rate will be determined by the main water tank sensor. 0062988 Gauge, Foam Level, (2) Tanks, Class
1 FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel for each foam tank, that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows:
- 100% = Green
- 75% = Yellow
- 50% = Yellow
- 25% = Yellow
- Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level.

Bid #: 785 57
311
Item 10.
0665336 Light Shield/Step 8", 4-FRC Firefly
LED115-Q01, P25 LED Step Lt

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be four (4) Fire Research Firefly, part number LED115-Q01, 12 volt DC LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (1) white LED step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire

15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire

30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0522730 Light, Over Passenger Side Pump
Panel, P25 LED Stp Lt

There will be three (3) white LED scene lights with ABS chrome housing, installed above the passenger side pump panel.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be operated from a switch on the pump panel. 0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606834 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#2 & #6)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757081 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0602752 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single
Amp, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA
2016

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen 295HFS2, electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 13.9.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore not valid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution.
0692039 Location, Electronic Siren, Center
Console Electronic siren head will be located in the center console. 0076157 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be controllable on the siren head and horn ring only. No foot switches will be required.

The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. 0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601551 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Outbrd(Pos 1)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, towards the outside.

Bid #: 785 58
312
Item 10.
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0736158 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, Lower
Sw Pnl
A momentary switch will be included in the lower switch panel to activate the siren brake. 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0789132 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",

RRRRWRRRWWRRRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom™ IV lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side seventh front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side seventh front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control this lightbar.

The white flashing LED modules in the front positions will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side
Zone Upper
0899300 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS
M6RS M6**, Inside Steady Burn, 4lts
Q Bez

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps per the following.

One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the left side outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the left side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the right side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the right side outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

The lens color(s) to be clear.

The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

Bid #: 785 59
313
Item 10.
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0540679 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C
LED, Clear Lens 2pr

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6*C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red.

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The side rear lights to be red.

The lights will include a clear lenses.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0541152 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln
M6*C LED, Clear Lens 4lts

WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
Four (4) Whelen, model M6*C LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

The side upper rear light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs.

The rear upper light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs.

The rear upper light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs.

The side upper rear light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs.

These lights will include a lens that is clear.

These lights will be provided with a flange.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0668965 SP Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, LS Mtd on Hatch
Compt, RS on Large S/S Bracket
Ladder Lock

REAR WARNING LIGHT MOUNTING
The left side warning light will be installed on the left side hatch compartment.

The right side warning lights will be installed on a large stainless steel box above hydraulic ladder rack lock enclosure.

The wiring of all of these lights will be totally enclosed. 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0529858 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Recessed
Within Trdplt Step
This traffic directing light will be recessed within a treadplate step at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with white receptacle(s) and stainless steel wall plate(s), installed In B1 above shelf up high, RS3 Back wall upper left hand corner . The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
Bid #: 785 60
314
Item 10.
0649736 Not Required, Hydraulic Tools

0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0602516 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department.
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm.

One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m).

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6.

If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.

If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.
0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
0027023 No Strainer Required
0602538 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper
NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602360 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided
by Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.

Bid #: 785 61
315
Item 10.
0602679 Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0602667 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.

Bid #: 785 62
316
Item 10.
0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #101 black and the lower section painted #90 red. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.

There will be a deep cab shield provided.
0709833 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Body

TWO-TONE BODY PAINT
The body will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted to match the upper section of the cab and the lower section painted to match the lower section of the cab. The body paint break will be at the seam between the body and hatch compartment or catwalk on each side. 0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0516417 Wheels, Accent Stripe on Outer
Edge, Single Axle

WHEELS, ACCENT STRIPE
All exposed outer edge wheel surfaces will be painted with a Red Pierce #90 accent stripe. 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels

PAINT, FRONT WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with paint black #101. 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle

PAINT, REAR WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with paint black #101. 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted black #101.
0013176 Smooth Finish, Two-Tone Cab Paint
Break w/Shield, No Vinyl

FINISH TWO-TONE PAINT BREAK SMOOTH, NO VINYL
The two-tone paint break will be finished smooth. There will not be a vinyl stripe installed on the break.
0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0605221 SP Reflective Band, 9"

REFLECTIVE BAND
An 9.00" black reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the cab and body.
0027356 Reflective, Cab Face, Below the
Grille

REFLECTIVE, CAB FACE, BELOW GRILLE
The reflective band provided on the cab face will be between the front grille and the front bumper. 0536954 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.

Bid #: 785 63
317
Item 10.
0679883 Stripe, Printed Effect Gold Leaf
Outline Above & Below Reflective
Band

PRINTED EFFECT GOLD LEAF STRIPE
There will be a printed effect gold leaf stripe applied above and below the reflective band.  The printed effect gold leaf stripes will be .50" wide with an outline. 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0679810 Stripe, Printed Effect Gold Leaf, TwoTone Paint Break with Shield, IPO Chrome

CAB STRIPE
There will be a printed effect gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. 0685691 Lettering, Printed Effect Gold Leaf,

3.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0685993 Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be four (4) letters provided.
0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be six (6) letters provided.
0686084 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be 48 letters provided.
0685553 Lettering, Printed Effect Gold Leaf,

6.00", (1-20)

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0685560 Lettering, Printed Effect Gold Leaf,

5.00", (1-20)

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0685602 Lettering, Printed Effect Gold Leaf,

3.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0683997 Lettering, Vinyl, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 18.00" high, with no outline or shade provided.  There will be four (4) letters provided.
0017268 Decals, Customer furnished, Pierce
installed, Per Pair

DECAL INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) pair of decals furnished by the fire department and applied by the apparatus manufacturer.

Bid #: 785 64
318
Item 10.
0771690 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, (2)
USB Flash Drives, Multi Unit Order,
Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

This is a multiple unit order. The customer will receive one (1) manual on USB flash drive total for the four (4) truck order.

SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0771956 Manual, Chassis Service, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Multi Unit Order, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manual on USB flash drive containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

This is a multiple unit order. The customer will receive one (1) manual on USB flash drive total for the four (4) truck order.
0772059 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) Hard
Copy & (1) USB, Multi Unit Order,
Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUALS
There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive provided that will include all of the same information.

This is a multiple unit order. One (1) hard copy manual and one (1) manual on USB flash drive total will be supplied for the four (4) truck order.
0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (5) yearlimited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, XX, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0610485 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5
Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor

REAR AXLE WARRANTY
A Eaton five (5)-year/100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided.

Bid #: 785 65
319
Item 10.
0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler).  In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence.  A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693127 Warranty, Gortite, Roll-up Door, 6
Year, WA0190

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Gortite roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll-up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle.

A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657846 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 12,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 12 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 785 66
320
Item 10.
0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.
0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability.  The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0808565 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Paccar MX, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier.  The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0631980 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0130

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Side Impact
The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.

Bid #: 785 67
321
Item 10.
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP

0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
Bid #: 785 68
322
Item 10.
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 785 69
323
Item 10.

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 785 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Department: City of Oroville Body: Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 86.17 in.

Wheel Offset: 3.12 in.

Tread Width: 12.4 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 13 in.

Front Overhang: 78.95 in.

Wheelbase: 165.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 13 ft. 0 in.

Curb to curb: 25 ft. 11 in.

Wall to wall: 29 ft. 10 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 03/28/2023
Category Option Description
Bumpers 0606555 Bumper, 13" Extended, Steel Painted, 8.00" High, Saber FR/Enforcer Wheels, Front 0894433 Wheels, Front, 22.50" x 9.00", Steel, Hub Pilot, 315/80R Tire Tires, Front 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply Axle, Front, Custom 0633906 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 18,000 lb, Enforcer 324
Item 10.

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices. 325
Item 10.

Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 0.00 6.00 0.00 0062988 Gauge, Foam Level, (2) Tanks, Class 1 0.00 0.00 1.00 0079211 Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0095353 Foam Sys, Husky 12, Dual Agent 0.00 5.00 0.00
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 0.80 0.00
0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 0.00 0.00 60.00
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch 0.00 0.16 0.00 0554191 Handlight, Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lights, 12v, Orange

0.00 1.50 0.00
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0602637 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification

0.00 0.50 0.00
0604059 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 205-A00, TankVision, Remote Mini Display(s)

0.00 0.00 0.50
0607957 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air operated, Auto w/Gauge, w/(1) Add'l Prime Vlv

0.00 0.01 0.00
0626449 Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd 0.00 0.00 1.50 0626453 Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 1st 0.00 0.00 1.50 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00 0.00
0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 180.00 0.00 0653520 Camera, Pierce, Mux, R, RS Cameras 0.00 1.20 0.00 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 0.00 0.08 0.00
0688927 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Left Side 0.00 36.00 0.00 0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, U3805 0.00 0.00 0.50 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0764088 Wiring, Spare, 47.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 40A Bat Dir,

7.5A Sw & Grnd

0.00 0.00 47.50
0765338 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless, Cab Sw & Reverse

0.00 0.00 1.00
0803875 Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

0.00 0.00 2.00
0804836 Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln M62BU LED, Switches 2 lts, 1st 0.00 3.20 0.00 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0897831 Wiring, Spare,12V DC, USB-A, USB-C Termination, Kussmaul 091-264 Cab 1st

0.00 0.00 24.00
0585913 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 40.00
0585914 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 60.00
0722696 HVAC, Enforcer, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0763608 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0763610 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0768059 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0768061 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0809080 Lights, Flood, Rigid Industries, D-Series Pro, Model #212513, Flush Mount
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 4.69
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0005635 Hourmeter, Pump NFPA 0.11 0.00 0.00
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0522730 Light, Over Passenger Side Pump Panel, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 0.75 0.00 0.00 0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pierce Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0540679 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens 2pr NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0541152 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens 4lts NFPA 9.00 0.00 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 3/28/2023
Bid #: 785
CalFire/Oroville Type 1 WUI Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Oroville
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
326
Item 10.

Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0551417 LS 140" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER, Raised Rear 6" NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0551418 RS 140" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER, Raised Rear 6" NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing
NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00
0602752 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp, Other Speaker, NonNFPA 2016NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0649716 Cab, Enforcer, 6010 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0665336 Light Shield/Step 8", 4-FRC Firefly LED115-Q01, P25 LED Step Lt NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0672652 Compt, Flush Rear, Rollup/Space Saver, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D, 2nd Gen
NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90
0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00 0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD, Custom Chassis NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0733220 Lights, Hatch Compt, 42", LED, Light Strips, 1-Sides 2 Dr NFPA 0.42 0.42 0.00 0733463 DEF Tank, 6.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear of Axle, Common Door, Paccar
NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0739915 Hatch, (2) Liftup, Pumper NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0750526 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, Lt Driver NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0756375 Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed, Truck-Lite 15**** NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0760868 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Dual LED Light Strips, Each Side NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0764155 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 38.50 W x 50 H x 22.50 D, Roll, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.50 0.50 0.00
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00
0778195 Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PCPSM1C Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount
NFPA 12.00 0.00 0.00
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0789132 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRRRWWRRRWRRRR NFPA 6.48 4.96 12.40 0790412 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200 IWT, Heated, SFR/Enf NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA 0.60 1.20 0.00 0803876 Light, Pump Compt, Truck-Lite 44042C LED NFPA 0.11 0.00 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808515 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892649 CZ Connect Telematics NFPA 1.61 0.00 0.00
0892654 Light, Step, Additional, P25 LED NFPA 0.14 0.00 0.00 0899300 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS M6RS M6**, Inside Steady Burn, 4lts Q Bez
NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 112.00 435.85 429.29
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 3/28/2023
Bid #: 785
CalFire/Oroville Type 1 WUI Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Oroville
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
327
Item 10.

Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 268.00
Demand: 112.00
Variance: 156.00
Total Connected Load
Supply: 374.00
Demand: 275.60
Variance: 98.40
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 268.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 374.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 3/28/2023
Bid #: 785
CalFire/Oroville Type 1 WUI Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Oroville
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
328
Item 10.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “D”
4 329
Item 10.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
330
Item 10.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Warranty Begins: The date of the original buyer invoice.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first Warranty Period Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/19/2021 WA0386
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 331
Item 10.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“LIMITED WARRANTY”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“YOU” or “FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other maintenance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended inspections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, improper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER-FUELING; OVER-SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible for towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR, 332
Item 10.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

333
Item 10.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine
Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)
Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours
Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear 334
Item 10.
335
Item 10.
336
Item 10.
337
Item 10.
338
Item 10.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
339
Item 10.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
340
Item 10.

New for 2011!
Dana Holding Corporation is pleased to announce a change in our standard warranty for fire/rescue vehicles. All steer and drive axles will now come with a 5 year / 100,000 mile warranty. For further information, please go to www.roadranger.com.

Dana Holding Corporation is working with chassis manufactures to supply a 24K front steer beam with a 5 ¼’ drop. We have listened to your requests for a slightly higher GAWR for single axle aerials. Not all fire stations can accommodate a long wheel base application. This allows manufactures to meet the limited length requirements for smaller fire houses. Please submit your requests through our website. Please indicate on the application your need for 24K GAWR.

Finally, our drive axles will accommodate simultaneous auxiliary braking.

Dana axles are built tough and were design with Telma retarders in mind.

Submit your application for single or tandem designation.

Dana Holding Corporation will work with you to provide the best drive train solution with the best warranty in the fire/rescue industry. For additional information please contact:

Alan Manzon
Account Manager – Specialty Markets
Dana Holding Corporation
One Village Center Dr.

Van Buren Twp., MI 48111-5711
Phone: (734)629-1141
Cell: (269)312-3220
[email protected]
Grace Lake Corporate Center
1 Village Center Drive
Van Buren Township, Michigan 48111
www.dana.com
341
Item 10.
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 342
Item 10.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
343
Item 10.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
344
Item 10.
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
345
Item 10.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications
346
Item 10.

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.
347
Item 10.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle inservice date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial inservice date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
348
Item 10.
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.
349
Item 10.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.
350
Item 10.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
351
Item 10.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
352
Item 10.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
353
Item 10.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) months Warranty Period
Ends After:

Warranty Begins: The date of delivery.

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
354
Item 10.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Ten (10) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 355
Item 10.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

APPLICABLE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends
← All documents from this meeting